blob: c82a9f9d00bc0e1984bf3b6aeea98dab6933e83d [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +00001//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
John McCall83024632010-08-25 22:03:47 +000014#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000015#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000018#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000020#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
Steve Naroffaac94152007-08-25 14:02:58 +000021#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000022#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
John McCallde6836a2010-08-24 07:21:54 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Fariborz Jahanian1d446082010-06-16 18:56:04 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +000026#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000027#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000029#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth8b0cf1d2011-05-01 07:23:17 +000031#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +000032using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000033using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner29375652006-12-04 18:06:35 +000034
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +000035ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000036 IdentifierInfo &II,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +000037 SourceLocation NameLoc,
38 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
39 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
40 bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000041 // Determine where to perform name lookup.
42
43 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
44 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
45 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
46 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
47 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
48 // this appears to be ill-formed:
49 //
50 // namespace N {
51 // template <typename T> struct S {
52 // ~S();
53 // };
54 // }
55 //
56 // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
57 // s->N::S<int>::~S();
58 // }
59 //
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000060 // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000061 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
62 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000063 QualType SearchType;
64 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
65 bool isDependent = false;
66 bool LookInScope = false;
67
68 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
69 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
70 // we know what type we're looking for.
71 if (ObjectTypePtr)
72 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
73
74 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000075 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000076
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +000077 bool AlreadySearched = false;
78 bool LookAtPrefix = true;
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000079 // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000080 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000081 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
82 // nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +000083 //
84 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier ~ class-name
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000085 //
86 // where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
Chandler Carruth8f254812010-02-21 10:19:54 +000087 // a qualified-id of the form:
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000088 //
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +000089 // ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name :: ~ class-name
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000090 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000091 // the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000092 // the nested-name-specifier.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +000093 //
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000094 // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +000095 // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +000096 // nested-name-specifier.
97 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
98 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
99 AlreadySearched = true;
100 LookupCtx = DC;
101 isDependent = false;
102 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
103 LookAtPrefix = false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000104
Sebastian Redla771d222010-07-07 23:17:38 +0000105 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000106 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
107 if (AlreadySearched) {
108 // Nothing left to do.
109 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
110 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
Douglas Gregor10176412011-02-25 16:07:42 +0000111 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000112 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
113 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000114 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000115 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
116 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
117 } else {
118 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
Douglas Gregor46841e12010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000119 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000120 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000121
Douglas Gregorcd3f49f2010-02-25 04:46:04 +0000122 LookInScope = false;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000123 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
124 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
125 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
126 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
127 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
128 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
129 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
130 // cv-qualified) T.
131 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
132 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000133 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000134 "Caller should have completed object type");
135
136 LookInScope = true;
137 } else {
138 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
139 LookInScope = true;
140 }
141
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000142 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000143 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
144 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
145 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000146 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000147 // we're allowed to look there).
148 Found.clear();
149 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
150 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +0000151 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000152 LookupName(Found, S);
153 else
154 continue;
155
156 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
157 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000158 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000159
160 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
161 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000162
163 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
164 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
165 // We found our type!
166
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000167 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000168 }
John Wiegleyb4a9e512011-03-08 08:13:22 +0000169
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000170 if (!SearchType.isNull())
171 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000172 }
173
174 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
175 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
176 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
177 // this is the destructor for that class.
178 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000179 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000180 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
181 QualType MemberOfType;
182 if (SS.isSet()) {
183 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
184 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +0000185 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
186 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000187 }
188 }
189 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
190 MemberOfType = SearchType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000191
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000192 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
193 continue;
194
195 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
196 // class template we found is the same as the template being
197 // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
198 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
199 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
200 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
201 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
202 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000203 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000204 }
205
206 continue;
207 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000208
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000209 // We're referring to an unresolved class template
210 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
211 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
212 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
213 // has the same name.
214 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
215 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
216 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
217
218 // The class template we found is the same template being
219 // specialized.
220 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
221 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000222 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000223
224 continue;
225 }
226
227 // The class template we found has the same name as the
228 // (dependent) template name being specialized.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000229 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000230 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
231 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
232 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000233 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000234
235 continue;
236 }
237 }
238 }
239 }
240
241 if (isDependent) {
242 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
243 // anyway.
Douglas Gregor9cbc22b2011-02-28 22:42:13 +0000244
245 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
246 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
247 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
248 II, NameLoc);
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000249 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000250 }
251
Douglas Gregor4cf85a72011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000252 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
253 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
254 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
255 << T << SearchType;
256 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
257 << T;
258 } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
259 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000260 << &II;
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000261 else
262 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_class_name);
263
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000264 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregorfe17d252010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000265}
266
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000267/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000268ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000269 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
270 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
271 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000272 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000273 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000274 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000275 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000276 // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
Douglas Gregor876cec22010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000277 Qualifiers Quals;
278 QualType T
279 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
280 Quals);
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000281 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
282 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
283 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000285 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
286 Operand,
287 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
288}
289
290/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000291ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000292 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
293 Expr *E,
294 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000295 bool isUnevaluatedOperand = true;
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000296 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
297 QualType T = E->getType();
298 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
299 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
300 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
301 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
302 // shall be completely-defined.
303 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
304 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000305
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000306 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000307 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000308 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
309 // operand. [...]
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000310 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->Classify(Context).isGLValue()) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000311 isUnevaluatedOperand = false;
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000312
313 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
314 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
315 }
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000316 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000317
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000318 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
319 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000320 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
321 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000322 // type.
Douglas Gregor876cec22010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000323 Qualifiers Quals;
324 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
325 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
326 T = UnqualT;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000327 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, CastCategory(E)).take();
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000328 }
329 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000330
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000331 // If this is an unevaluated operand, clear out the set of
332 // declaration references we have been computing and eliminate any
333 // temporaries introduced in its computation.
334 if (isUnevaluatedOperand)
335 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = Unevaluated;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000336
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000337 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000338 E,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000339 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000340}
341
342/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000343ExprResult
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000344Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
345 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000346 // Find the std::type_info type.
Sebastian Redl7ac97412011-03-31 19:29:24 +0000347 if (!getStdNamespace())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000348 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000349
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000350 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
351 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
352 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
353 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
354 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
355 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
356 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
357 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000358
Douglas Gregor4c7c1092010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000359 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000360
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000361 if (isType) {
362 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
363 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000364 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
365 &TInfo);
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000366 if (T.isNull())
367 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000368
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000369 if (!TInfo)
370 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000371
Douglas Gregor9da64192010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000372 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000373 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000375 // The operand is an expression.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000376 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
Sebastian Redlc4704762008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000377}
378
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000379/// Retrieve the UuidAttr associated with QT.
380static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
381 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +0000382 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();;
Francois Pichet9dddd402010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000383 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
384 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
385 else if (QT->isArrayType())
386 Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
387
Francois Pichet59d2b012011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000388 // Loop all record redeclaration looking for an uuid attribute.
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000389 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Francois Pichet59d2b012011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000390 for (CXXRecordDecl::redecl_iterator I = RD->redecls_begin(),
391 E = RD->redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
392 if (UuidAttr *Uuid = I->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000393 return Uuid;
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000394 }
Francois Pichet59d2b012011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000395
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000396 return 0;
Francois Pichet9dddd402010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000397}
398
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000399/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
400ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
401 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
402 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
403 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000404 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
405 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType()))
406 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
407 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000408
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000409 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
410 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
411 Operand,
412 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
413}
414
415/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
416ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
417 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
418 Expr *E,
419 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000420 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000421 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType()) &&
Francois Pichetb7577652010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000422 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
423 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
424 }
425 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000426 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
427 E,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000428 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000429}
430
431/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
432ExprResult
433Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
434 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000435 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000436 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
437 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
438 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
439 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
440 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
441 if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
442 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000443 }
444
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000445 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000446
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000447 if (isType) {
448 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
449 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
450 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
451 &TInfo);
452 if (T.isNull())
453 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000454
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000455 if (!TInfo)
456 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
457
458 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
459 }
460
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000461 // The operand is an expression.
Francois Pichet9f4f2072010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000462 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
463}
464
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000465/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000466ExprResult
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000467Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Douglas Gregor08d918a2008-10-24 15:36:09 +0000468 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
Bill Wendlingbf313b02007-02-13 20:09:46 +0000469 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000470 return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
471 Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000472}
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000473
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000474/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000475ExprResult
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000476Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
477 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
478}
479
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000480/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000481ExprResult
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000482Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
Anders Carlssond99dbcc2011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000483 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
Anders Carlssone96ab552011-02-28 02:27:16 +0000484 if (!getLangOptions().CXXExceptions &&
Anders Carlssond99dbcc2011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000485 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
Anders Carlssonb94ad3e2011-02-19 21:53:09 +0000486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
Anders Carlsson68b36af2011-02-19 19:26:44 +0000487
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000488 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
489 ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex);
490 if (ExRes.isInvalid())
491 return ExprError();
492 Ex = ExRes.take();
493 }
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000494 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc));
495}
496
497/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000498ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E) {
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000499 // C++ [except.throw]p3:
Douglas Gregor247894b2009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000500 // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
501 // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
502 // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503 // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
Douglas Gregor247894b2009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000504 // or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
505 if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000506 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
507 CastCategory(E)).take();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000508
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000509 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
510 if (Res.isInvalid())
511 return ExprError();
512 E = Res.take();
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000513
514 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
515 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
516 QualType Ty = E->getType();
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000517 bool isPointer = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000518 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000519 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000520 isPointer = true;
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000521 }
522 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
523 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000524 PDiag(isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
525 : diag::err_throw_incomplete)
526 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000527 return ExprError();
Rafael Espindola70e040d2010-03-02 21:28:26 +0000528
Douglas Gregore8154332010-04-15 18:05:39 +0000529 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
530 PDiag(diag::err_throw_abstract_type)
531 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000532 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl4de47b42009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000533 }
534
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000535 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
536 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
Douglas Gregorc74edc22011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000537 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
538
Douglas Gregor5d369002011-01-21 18:05:27 +0000539 // FIXME: Determine whether we can elide this copy per C++0x [class.copy]p32.
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000540 InitializedEntity Entity =
Douglas Gregorc74edc22011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000541 InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
542 /*NRVO=*/false);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000543 Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
544 QualType(), E);
John McCall2e6567a2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000545 if (Res.isInvalid())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000546 return ExprError();
547 E = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000548
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000549 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
550 const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
551 if (!RecordTy)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000552 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000553 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
554
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000555 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
556 // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000557 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
558
Eli Friedman36ebbec2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000559 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
560 if (isPointer)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000561 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman36ebbec2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000562
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000563 // If the class has a non-trivial destructor, we must be able to call it.
564 if (RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000565 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000566
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000567 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +0000568 = const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(LookupDestructor(RD));
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000569 if (!Destructor)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000570 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman91a3d272010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000571
572 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
573 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000574 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000575 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattnerb7e656b2008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000576}
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000577
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000578CXXMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureCXXThis() {
579 // Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
580 // Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
581 // where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
582 // Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000583 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000584 while (true) {
585 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
586 else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
587 else break;
588 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000589
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000590 // If we're not in an instance method, error out.
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000591 CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC);
592 if (!method || !method->isInstance())
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000593 return 0;
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000594
595 // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes, if applicable.
596 for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
597 isa<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
598 --idx)
599 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
600
John McCallf3a88602011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000601 return method;
602}
603
604ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc) {
605 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
606 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
607 /// which the function is called.
608
609 CXXMethodDecl *method = tryCaptureCXXThis();
610 if (!method) return Diag(loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
611
612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, method->getThisType(Context),
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000613 /*isImplicit=*/false));
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000614}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000615
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000616ExprResult
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000617Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000618 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000619 MultiExprArg exprs,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000620 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor7df89f52010-02-05 19:11:37 +0000621 if (!TypeRep)
622 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000623
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +0000624 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
625 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
626 if (!TInfo)
627 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000628
629 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
630}
631
632/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
633/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
634/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
635/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
636ExprResult
637Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
638 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
639 MultiExprArg exprs,
640 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
641 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000642 unsigned NumExprs = exprs.size();
643 Expr **Exprs = (Expr**)exprs.get();
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000644 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000645 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenLoc);
646
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000647 if (Ty->isDependentType() ||
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000648 CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs, NumExprs)) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000649 exprs.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000650
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000651 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorce934142009-05-20 18:46:25 +0000652 LParenLoc,
653 Exprs, NumExprs,
654 RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000655 }
656
Anders Carlsson55243162009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000657 if (Ty->isArrayType())
658 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
659 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
660 if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
661 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
662 PDiag(diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)
663 << FullRange))
664 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000665
Anders Carlsson55243162009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000666 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
667 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
668 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000669
670
Douglas Gregordd04d332009-01-16 18:33:17 +0000671 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000672 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
673 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
674 // corresponding cast expression.
675 //
676 if (NumExprs == 1) {
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +0000677 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000678 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000679 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000680 ExprResult CastExpr =
681 CheckCastTypes(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(), Ty, Exprs[0],
682 Kind, VK, BasePath,
683 /*FunctionalStyle=*/true);
684 if (CastExpr.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000685 return ExprError();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000686 Exprs[0] = CastExpr.take();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000687
688 exprs.release();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000689
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000690 return Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregor2b88c112010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000691 Ty.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000692 VK, TInfo, TyBeginLoc, Kind,
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000693 Exprs[0], &BasePath,
694 RParenLoc));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000695 }
696
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000697 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
698 InitializationKind Kind
699 = NumExprs ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc,
700 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000701 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc,
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000702 LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
703 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs, NumExprs);
704 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(exprs));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000705
Douglas Gregor8ec51732010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000706 // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
707 return move(Result);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis857fcc22008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000708}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000709
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000710/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
711/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
712static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
713 QualType allocType) {
714 const RecordType *record =
715 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
716 if (!record) return false;
717
718 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
719
720 DeclarationName deleteName =
721 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
722 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
723 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
724
725 // We're just doing this for information.
726 ops.suppressDiagnostics();
727
728 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
729 if (ops.empty()) return false;
730
731 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
732 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
733 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
734
735 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
736 while (filter.hasNext()) {
737 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
738
739 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
740 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
741 // regardless of its signature.
742 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
743 filter.erase();
744 continue;
745 }
746
747 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
748 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
749 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
750 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
751 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
752 // is a usual deallocation function.
753 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
754 filter.erase();
755 continue;
756 }
757 }
758 filter.done();
759
760 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
761
762 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
763 return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
764}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000765
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000766/// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4), as in e.g.:
767/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
768/// or
769/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
770/// For the interpretation of this heap of arguments, consult the base version.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000771ExprResult
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000772Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000773 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000774 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000775 Declarator &D, SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000776 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000777 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen) {
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000778 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto;
779
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000780 Expr *ArraySize = 0;
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000781 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
782 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
783 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
784 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000785 if (TypeContainsAuto)
786 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
787 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000788 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000789 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
790 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000791 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000792 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
793 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000794
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000795 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000796 D.DropFirstTypeObject();
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000797 }
798
Douglas Gregor73341c42009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000799 // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000800 if (ArraySize) {
801 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor73341c42009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000802 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
803 break;
804
805 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
806 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
807 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent() &&
808 !NumElts->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
809 Diag(D.getTypeObject(I).Loc, diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
810 << NumElts->getSourceRange();
811 return ExprError();
812 }
813 }
814 }
815 }
Sebastian Redld7b3d7d2009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000816
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000817 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0, /*OwnedDecl=*/0,
818 /*AllowAuto=*/true);
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000819 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6d1c9c2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000820 if (D.isInvalidType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000821 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823 return BuildCXXNew(StartLoc, UseGlobal,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000824 PlacementLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000825 move(PlacementArgs),
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000826 PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000827 TypeIdParens,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828 AllocType,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000829 TInfo,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000830 ArraySize,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000831 ConstructorLParen,
832 move(ConstructorArgs),
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000833 ConstructorRParen,
834 TypeContainsAuto);
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000835}
836
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000837ExprResult
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000838Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
839 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
840 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
841 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000842 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000843 QualType AllocType,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000844 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000845 Expr *ArraySize,
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000846 SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
847 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000848 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen,
849 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000850 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000851
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000852 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
853 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->getContainedAutoType()) {
854 if (ConstructorArgs.size() == 0)
855 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
856 << AllocType << TypeRange);
857 if (ConstructorArgs.size() != 1) {
858 Expr *FirstBad = ConstructorArgs.get()[1];
859 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
860 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
861 << AllocType << TypeRange);
862 }
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000863 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
864 if (!DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, ConstructorArgs.get()[0], DeducedType))
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000865 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
866 << AllocType
867 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getType()
868 << TypeRange
869 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getSourceRange());
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000870 if (!DeducedType)
871 return ExprError();
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000872
Richard Smith9647d3c2011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000873 AllocTypeInfo = DeducedType;
874 AllocType = AllocTypeInfo->getType();
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000875 }
876
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000877 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
878 // typedef of an array type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000879 if (!ArraySize) {
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000880 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
881 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43b20572010-08-28 09:06:06 +0000882 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
883 Context.getSizeType(),
884 TypeRange.getEnd());
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000885 AllocType = Array->getElementType();
886 }
887 }
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000888
Douglas Gregor3999e152010-10-06 16:00:31 +0000889 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
890 return ExprError();
891
Douglas Gregorcda95f42010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000892 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000893
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000894 // C++ 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral
895 // or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000896 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000897
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000898 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000899
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000900 ExprResult ConvertedSize
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000901 = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(StartLoc, ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000902 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_not_integral),
903 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
904 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(),
905 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion),
906 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
907 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion),
908 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000909 PDiag(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x? 0
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000910 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion));
911 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
912 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000913
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000914 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000915 SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +0000916 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
Douglas Gregor4799d032010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000917 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000918
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000919 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand.
920 // We don't care about special rules, so we tell the machinery it's not
921 // evaluated - it gives us a result in more cases.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000922 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
923 llvm::APSInt Value;
924 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, 0, false)) {
925 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000926 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
Anders Carlsson8ab20bb2009-09-23 00:37:25 +0000927 Value.isUnsigned()))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000928 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000929 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000930 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000931
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000932 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
933 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
934 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
935 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000936 Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorcaa1bf42010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000937 diag::err_array_too_large)
938 << Value.toString(10)
939 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
940 return ExprError();
941 }
942 }
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000943 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
944 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
945 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
946 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
948 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000949
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000950 TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000951 }
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000952 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000953
John McCall036f2f62011-05-15 07:14:44 +0000954 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
955 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
Sebastian Redl351bb782008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000956 }
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000957
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000958 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
959 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000960 Expr **PlaceArgs = (Expr**)PlacementArgs.get();
961 unsigned NumPlaceArgs = PlacementArgs.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000962
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000963 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
964 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs) &&
965 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +0000966 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
967 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlaceArgs,
968 NumPlaceArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000969 return ExprError();
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000970
971 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
972 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
973 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
974 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
975 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
976 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
977
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +0000978 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000979 if (OperatorNew) {
980 // Add default arguments, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000981 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000982 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000983 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +0000984 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000985
Anders Carlssonc144bc22010-05-03 02:07:56 +0000986 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000987 Proto, 1, PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs,
Anders Carlssonc144bc22010-05-03 02:07:56 +0000988 AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +0000989 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000990
Fariborz Jahanian1eab66c2009-11-19 18:39:40 +0000991 NumPlaceArgs = AllPlaceArgs.size();
992 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
993 PlaceArgs = &AllPlaceArgs[0];
994 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000995
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000996 bool Init = ConstructorLParen.isValid();
997 // --- Choosing a constructor ---
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000998 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000999 Expr **ConsArgs = (Expr**)ConstructorArgs.get();
1000 unsigned NumConsArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001001 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConvertedConstructorArgs(*this);
Eli Friedmanfd8d4e12009-11-08 22:15:39 +00001002
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001003 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers.
Anders Carlssone6ae81b2010-05-16 16:24:20 +00001004 if (NumConsArgs && (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize)) {
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001005 SourceRange InitRange(ConsArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
1006 ConsArgs[NumConsArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001007
Anders Carlssonc6bb0e12010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001008 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1009 return ExprError();
1010 }
1011
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001012 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1013 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ConsArgs, NumConsArgs)) {
1014 // C++0x [expr.new]p15:
1015 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1016 // object as follows:
1017 InitializationKind Kind
1018 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1019 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1020 // the object has indeterminate value
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001021 = !Init? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001022 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001023 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001024 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001025 ConstructorLParen,
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001026 ConstructorRParen);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001027
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001028 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00001029 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001030 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ConsArgs, NumConsArgs);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001031 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001032 move(ConstructorArgs));
1033 if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1034 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001035
1036 // FullInit is our initializer; walk through it to determine if it's a
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001037 // constructor call, which CXXNewExpr handles directly.
1038 if (Expr *FullInitExpr = (Expr *)FullInit.get()) {
1039 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder
1040 = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInitExpr))
1041 FullInitExpr = Binder->getSubExpr();
1042 if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
1043 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(FullInitExpr)) {
1044 Constructor = Construct->getConstructor();
1045 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator A = Construct->arg_begin(),
1046 AEnd = Construct->arg_end();
1047 A != AEnd; ++A)
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00001048 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(*A);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001049 } else {
1050 // Take the converted initializer.
1051 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(FullInit.release());
1052 }
1053 } else {
1054 // No initialization required.
1055 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001056
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001057 // Take the converted arguments and use them for the new expression.
Douglas Gregor5d3507d2009-09-09 23:08:42 +00001058 NumConsArgs = ConvertedConstructorArgs.size();
1059 ConsArgs = (Expr **)ConvertedConstructorArgs.take();
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001060 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001061
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001062 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1063 if (OperatorNew)
1064 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1065 if (OperatorDelete)
1066 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1067
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001068 // FIXME: Also check that the destructor is accessible. (C++ 5.3.4p16)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001069
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001070 PlacementArgs.release();
1071 ConstructorArgs.release();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001072
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001073 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
Douglas Gregorf2753b32010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001074 PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs, TypeIdParens,
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001075 ArraySize, Constructor, Init,
1076 ConsArgs, NumConsArgs, OperatorDelete,
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001077 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
Douglas Gregor0744ef62010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001078 ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1079 StartLoc,
Ted Kremenek9d6eb402010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001080 Init ? ConstructorRParen :
Chandler Carruth01718152010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001081 TypeRange.getEnd(),
1082 ConstructorLParen, ConstructorRParen));
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001083}
1084
1085/// CheckAllocatedType - Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1086/// in a new-expression.
1087/// dimension off and stores the size expression in ArraySize.
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001088bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089 SourceRange R) {
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001090 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1091 // abstract class type or array thereof.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001092 if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001093 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1094 << AllocType << 0 << R;
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001095 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001096 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1097 << AllocType << 1 << R;
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001098 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001099 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001100 PDiag(diag::err_new_incomplete_type)
1101 << R))
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001102 return true;
Douglas Gregord0fefba2009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001103 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001104 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1105 return true;
Douglas Gregor3999e152010-10-06 16:00:31 +00001106 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1107 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1108 << AllocType;
Douglas Gregor39d1a092011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001109 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1110 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1111 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1112
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001113 return false;
1114}
1115
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001116/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1117/// deallocation function.
1118static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(FunctionDecl *FD) {
1119 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1120 return false;
1121
1122 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1123 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1124
1125 return ((FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
1126 FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
1127 FD->getNumParams() == 1);
1128}
1129
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001130/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1131/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001132bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1133 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1134 bool IsArray, Expr **PlaceArgs,
1135 unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001136 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001137 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001138 // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1139 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1140 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1141 // in the scope of the allocated class.
1142 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1143 // operator new.
1144 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1145 // placement form.
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001146
1147 llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + NumPlaceArgs);
1148 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1149 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1150 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43b20572010-08-28 09:06:06 +00001151 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001152 Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0)),
1153 Context.getSizeType(),
1154 SourceLocation());
1155 AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001156 std::copy(PlaceArgs, PlaceArgs + NumPlaceArgs, AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1157
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001158 // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1159 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001160 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001161 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001162 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1163 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001164 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1165 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001166 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1167 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1168
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001169 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1170
1171 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001172 CXXRecordDecl *Record
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001173 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001174 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001175 AllocArgs.size(), Record, /*AllowMissing=*/true,
1176 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001177 return true;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001178 }
1179 if (!OperatorNew) {
1180 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1181 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001182 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001183 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001184 AllocArgs.size(), TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
1185 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001186 return true;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001187 }
1188
John McCall0f55a032010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001189 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1190 // -fno-exceptions.
1191 if (!getLangOptions().Exceptions) {
1192 OperatorDelete = 0;
1193 return false;
1194 }
1195
Anders Carlsson6f9dabf2009-05-31 20:26:12 +00001196 // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
1197 // copy them back.
1198 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1199 std::copy(&AllocArgs[1], AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001200
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001201 // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1202 //
1203 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001204 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001205 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001206 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001207 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1208 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001209 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001210 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001211 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001212 CXXRecordDecl *RD
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001213 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001214 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1215 }
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001216 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1217 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001218
1219 if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1220 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1221 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1222 }
1223
1224 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001225
1226 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1227
John McCalld3be2c82010-09-14 21:34:24 +00001228 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1229 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1230 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
1231 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1232 // A *a = new A()
1233 bool isPlacementNew = (NumPlaceArgs > 0 || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1234
1235 if (isPlacementNew) {
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001236 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1237 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1238 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1239 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1240 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1241 // identical. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001242 //
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001243 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1244 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1245 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001246 //
1247 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001248 QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1249 {
1250 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1251 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001252
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001253 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001254 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001255 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
1256 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));
1257
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001258 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1259 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1260
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001261 ExpectedFunctionType
1262 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes.data(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001263 ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001264 }
1265
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001266 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001267 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1268 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1269 FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001270 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001271 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1272 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1273 // expected function type.
1274 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, StartLoc);
1275 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
1276 continue;
1277 } else
1278 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1279
1280 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001281 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001282 }
1283 } else {
1284 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1285 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1286 // non-placement allocation function. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001287 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001288 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1289 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1290 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1291 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Fn))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001292 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001293 }
1294 }
1295
1296 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1297 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1298 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1299 // deallocation function will be called.
1300 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001301 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001302
1303 // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1304 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1305 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1306 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1307 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1308 // is ill-formed.
1309 if (NumPlaceArgs && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
1310 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(OperatorDelete)) {
1311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001312 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001313 PlaceArgs[NumPlaceArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
1314 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1315 << DeleteName;
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001316 } else {
1317 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001318 Matches[0].first);
Douglas Gregor6642ca22010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001319 }
1320 }
1321
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001322 return false;
1323}
1324
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001325/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
1326/// function in the specified scope.
Sebastian Redl1df2bbe2009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001327bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1328 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
1329 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001330 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1331 bool Diagnose) {
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001332 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1333 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001334 if (R.empty()) {
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001335 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001336 return false;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001337 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00001338 << Name << Range;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001339 }
1340
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001341 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1342 return true;
1343
1344 R.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001345
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001346 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001347 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor80a6cc52009-09-30 00:03:47 +00001348 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001349 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1350 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001351 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001352
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001353 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1354 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001355 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs,
1356 Candidates,
1357 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregorbb3e12f2009-09-29 18:16:17 +00001358 continue;
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001359 }
1360
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001361 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1362 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, Candidates,
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001363 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001364 }
1365
1366 // Do the resolution.
1367 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001368 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001369 case OR_Success: {
1370 // Got one!
1371 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Chandler Carruth30141632011-02-25 19:41:05 +00001372 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001373 // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
1374 // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
1375 // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
John McCallfb6f5262010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001376 // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001377 unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
1378 for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001379 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1380 FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));
1381
1382 if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
1383 return true;
1384
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001385 ExprResult Result
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001386 = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001387 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001388 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001389
Douglas Gregor34147272010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001390 Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001391 }
1392 Operator = FnDecl;
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001393 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl,
1394 Diagnose);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001395 return false;
1396 }
1397
1398 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001399 if (Diagnose)
1400 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1401 << Name << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001402 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001403 return true;
1404
1405 case OR_Ambiguous:
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001406 if (Diagnose)
1407 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
1408 << Name << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001409 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001410 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001411
Douglas Gregor20b2ebd2011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001412 case OR_Deleted: {
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001413 if (Diagnose)
1414 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
1415 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1416 << Name
1417 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
1418 << Range;
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001419 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001420 return true;
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001421 }
Douglas Gregor20b2ebd2011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001422 }
Sebastian Redl33a31012008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001423 assert(false && "Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
1424 return true;
1425}
1426
1427
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001428/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
1429/// delete. These are:
1430/// @code
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001431/// // C++03:
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001432/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1433/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1434/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
1435/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001436/// // C++0x:
1437/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
1438/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1439/// void operator delete(void *);
1440/// void operator delete[](void *);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001441/// @endcode
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001442/// C++0x operator delete is implicitly noexcept.
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001443/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
1444/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001445void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001446 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
1447 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001448
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001449 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001450 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
1451 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001452 // program
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001453 //
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001454 // C++03:
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001455 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001456 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1457 // void operator delete(void*) throw();
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001458 // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001459 // C++0x:
1460 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
1461 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1462 // void operator delete(void*);
1463 // void operator delete[](void*);
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001464 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001465 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001466 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
1467 //
1468 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
1469 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
1470 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
1471 // lookup.
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001472 // Note that the C++0x versions of operator delete are deallocation functions,
1473 // and thus are implicitly noexcept.
1474 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001475 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
1476 // implicitly.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001477 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
1478 getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001479 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001480 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001481 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d688102010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001482 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001483 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001484
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001485 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
1486
1487 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
1488 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001489 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOptions().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001490
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001491 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1492 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001493 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001494 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1495 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001496 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001497 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1498 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
1499 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1500 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1501 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
1502 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1503}
1504
1505/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
1506/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
1507void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001508 QualType Return, QualType Argument,
1509 bool AddMallocAttr) {
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001510 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1511
1512 // Check if this function is already declared.
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001513 {
Douglas Gregor17eb26b2008-12-23 22:05:29 +00001514 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc, AllocEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001515 for (llvm::tie(Alloc, AllocEnd) = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001516 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001517 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
1518 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
1519 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
1520 QualType InitialParamType =
Douglas Gregor684d7bd2009-12-22 23:42:49 +00001521 Context.getCanonicalType(
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001522 Func->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
1523 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
Douglas Gregorc1a42fd2010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001524 if (Func->getNumParams() == 1 && InitialParamType == Argument) {
1525 if(AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
Alexis Huntdcfba7b2010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001526 Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001527 return;
Douglas Gregorc1a42fd2010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001528 }
Chandler Carruth93538422010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001529 }
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001530 }
1531 }
1532
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001533 QualType BadAllocType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001534 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001535 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
1536 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001537 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001538 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d688102010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001539 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
Douglas Gregor87f54062009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001540 }
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001541
1542 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001543 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001544 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
1545 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
1546 EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
1547 EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
1548 }
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00001549 } else {
Sebastian Redl37588092011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001550 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
1551 EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001552 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001553
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001554 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, &Argument, 1, EPI);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001555 FunctionDecl *Alloc =
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001556 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
1557 SourceLocation(), Name,
John McCall8e7d6562010-08-26 03:08:43 +00001558 FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None,
1559 SC_None, false, true);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001560 Alloc->setImplicit();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001561
Nuno Lopes13c88c72009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001562 if (AddMallocAttr)
Alexis Huntdcfba7b2010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001563 Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001564
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001565 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001566 SourceLocation(), 0,
1567 Argument, /*TInfo=*/0,
1568 SC_None, SC_None, 0);
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00001569 Alloc->setParams(&Param, 1);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001570
Douglas Gregor8b9ccca2008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001571 // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
1572 // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
1573 // global scope.
John McCallcc14d1f2010-08-24 08:50:51 +00001574 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
Sebastian Redlfaf68082008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001575}
1576
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001577bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1578 DeclarationName Name,
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001579 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001580 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001581 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001582 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001583
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001584 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001585 return true;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001586
Chandler Carruthb6f99172010-06-28 00:30:51 +00001587 Found.suppressDiagnostics();
1588
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001589 llvm::SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001590 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1591 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Chandler Carruth9b418232010-08-08 07:04:00 +00001592 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1593
1594 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
1595 // deallocation function.
1596 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1597 continue;
1598
1599 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001600 Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
1601 }
1602
1603 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it.
1604 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1605 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001606
1607 if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
1608 if (Diagnose) {
1609 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
1610 Diag(Operator->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
1611 }
1612 return true;
1613 }
1614
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001615 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001616 Matches[0], Diagnose);
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001617 return false;
1618
1619 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
1620 } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001621 if (Diagnose) {
Alexis Huntf91729462011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001622 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1623 << Name << RD;
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001624
Alexis Huntf91729462011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001625 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
1626 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
1627 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1628 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1629 }
John McCall66a87592010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001630 return true;
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001631 }
1632
1633 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
1634 // none of them were suitable.
1635 if (!Found.empty()) {
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001636 if (Diagnose) {
Alexis Huntf91729462011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001637 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1638 << Name << RD;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001639
Alexis Huntf91729462011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001640 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1641 F != FEnd; ++F)
1642 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1643 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1644 }
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001645 return true;
1646 }
1647
1648 // Look for a global declaration.
1649 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1650 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001651
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001652 CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr Null(Context.VoidPtrTy, SourceLocation());
1653 Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
1654 DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
1655 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
Alexis Hunt1f69a022011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001656 DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, !Diagnose,
1657 Operator, Diagnose))
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001658 return true;
1659
1660 assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
1661 return false;
1662}
1663
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001664/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
1665/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
1666/// or
1667/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001668ExprResult
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001669Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001670 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001671 // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
1672 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
1673 // conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type void.
1674 //
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001675 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
1676
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001677 ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001678 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001679 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001680 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001682 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
1683 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001684
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001685 if (const RecordType *Record = Type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001686 if (RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Type,
Douglas Gregorf65f4902010-07-29 14:44:35 +00001687 PDiag(diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type)))
1688 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001689
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001690 llvm::SmallVector<CXXConversionDecl*, 4> ObjectPtrConversions;
1691
Fariborz Jahanianb54ccb22009-09-11 21:44:33 +00001692 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001693 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions = RD->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001694 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001695 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001696 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
1697 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1698 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1699
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001700 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't considered.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001701 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001702 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001703
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001704 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001705
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001706 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
1707 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
Eli Friedmana170cd62010-08-05 02:49:48 +00001708 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001709 ObjectPtrConversions.push_back(Conv);
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001710 }
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001711 if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() == 1) {
1712 // We have a single conversion to a pointer-to-object type. Perform
1713 // that conversion.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001714 // TODO: don't redo the conversion calculation.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001715 ExprResult Res =
1716 PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(),
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001717 ObjectPtrConversions.front()->getConversionType(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001718 AA_Converting);
1719 if (Res.isUsable()) {
1720 Ex = move(Res);
1721 Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001722 }
1723 }
1724 else if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() > 1) {
1725 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001726 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001727 for (unsigned i= 0; i < ObjectPtrConversions.size(); i++)
1728 NoteOverloadCandidate(ObjectPtrConversions[i]);
Fariborz Jahanianadcea102009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001729 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0fea62d2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001730 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001731 }
1732
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001733 if (!Type->isPointerType())
1734 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001735 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001736
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001737 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001738 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001739 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001740 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
1741 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
1742 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001743 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorbb3348e2010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001744 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001745 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001746 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregorc9a1a3b2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001747 else if (!Pointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001748 RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001749 PDiag(diag::warn_delete_incomplete)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001750 << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorc9a1a3b2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001751 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor39d1a092011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001752 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
1753 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
1754 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
1755 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
Douglas Gregor98496dc2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001756 // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001757 // [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
1758 // delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
1759 // (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
Douglas Gregor98496dc2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001760 // of the delete-expression. ]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001761 Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.take(), Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy),
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001762 CK_NoOp);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001763
1764 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
1765 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001766 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
Argyrios Kyrtzidis14ec9f62010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001767 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
1768 ArrayForm = true;
1769 }
1770
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001771 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1772 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1773
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1194d5e2010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001774 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
1775 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001776 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1777
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001778 if (!UseGlobal &&
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001779 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, RD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete))
Anders Carlsson654e5c72009-11-14 03:17:38 +00001780 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001781
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001782 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
1783 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
1784 if (ArrayForm) {
1785 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
1786 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
1787 if (UseGlobal)
1788 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1789 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
1790
1791 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
1792 // function we just found.
1793 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
1794 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
1795 }
1796
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001797 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
Douglas Gregor5bb5e4a2010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001798 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001799 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian37d06562009-09-03 23:18:17 +00001800 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
Douglas Gregor5bb5e4a2010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001801 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
1802 }
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001803 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001804
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001805 if (!OperatorDelete) {
Anders Carlssone1d34ba02009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001806 // Look for a global declaration.
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001807 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1808 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001809 Expr *Arg = Ex.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001810 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), DeleteName,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001811 &Arg, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
Anders Carlssona471db02009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001812 OperatorDelete))
1813 return ExprError();
1814 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815
John McCall0f55a032010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001816 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001817
Douglas Gregorfa778132011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001818 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
1819 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1820 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1821 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001822 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
Douglas Gregorfa778132011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001823 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
1824 }
1825 }
1826
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001827 }
1828
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001829 return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
John McCall284c48f2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001830 ArrayFormAsWritten,
1831 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001832 OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
Sebastian Redlbd150f42008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001833}
1834
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001835/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
1836/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001837ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001838 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
1839 bool ConvertToBoolean) {
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001840 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001841
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001842 // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
1843 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
1844 if (T->isFunctionType())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001845 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001846 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
1847 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
1848 else if (T->isArrayType())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001849 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001850 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
1851 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor0156d1c2009-11-24 16:07:02 +00001852
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001853 ExprResult Condition =
1854 Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
Douglas Gregorea972d32011-02-28 21:54:11 +00001855 ConditionVar,
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001856 ConditionVar->getLocation(),
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001857 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001858 VK_LValue));
1859 if (ConvertToBoolean) {
1860 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
1861 if (Condition.isInvalid())
1862 return ExprError();
1863 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001864
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001865 return move(Condition);
Douglas Gregor633caca2009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001866}
1867
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001868/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001869ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001870 // C++ 6.4p4:
1871 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
1872 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
1873 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
1874 // program is ill-formed.
1875 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
1876 // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
1877 //
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001878 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7620ee42008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001879}
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001880
1881/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
1882/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
1883/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
1884/// respectively).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885bool
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001886Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1887 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
1888 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
1889 From = Cast->getSubExpr();
1890
1891 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
1892 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
1893 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
1894 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
Douglas Gregor689999d2010-06-22 23:47:37 +00001895 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001896 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001897 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001898 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001899 // This conversion is considered only when there is an
1900 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001901 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001902 ((StrLit->isWide() && ToPointeeType->isWideCharType()) ||
1903 (!StrLit->isWide() &&
1904 (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
1905 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S))))
1906 return true;
1907 }
1908
1909 return false;
1910}
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001911
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001912static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001913 SourceLocation CastLoc,
1914 QualType Ty,
1915 CastKind Kind,
1916 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001917 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001918 Expr *From) {
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001919 switch (Kind) {
1920 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled cast kind!");
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001921 case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001922 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(S);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001923
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001924 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001925 MultiExprArg(&From, 1),
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001926 CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001927 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001928
1929 ExprResult Result =
1930 S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallbfd822c2010-08-24 07:32:53 +00001931 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
Chandler Carruth01718152010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001932 /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
1933 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001934 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001935 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001936
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001937 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
1938 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001939
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001940 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001941 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001942
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001943 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001944 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00001945 if (Result.isInvalid())
1946 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001947
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00001948 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001949 }
1950 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001951}
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001952
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001953/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
1954/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001955/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00001956/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001957/// used in the error message.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001958ExprResult
1959Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001960 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00001961 AssignmentAction Action, bool CStyle) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001962 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001963 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
1964 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
1965 Action, CStyle);
1966 if (Res.isInvalid())
1967 return ExprError();
1968 From = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001969 break;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001970 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001971
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001972 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001973
Fariborz Jahanian2fee79a2009-08-28 22:04:50 +00001974 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00001975 CastKind CastKind;
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001976 QualType BeforeToType;
1977 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001978 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001979
Anders Carlsson110b07b2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00001980 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
1981 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
1982 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1983 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
John McCalla03edda2010-12-04 09:57:16 +00001984 } else {
1985 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001986 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001987 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
Douglas Gregor3153da72009-11-20 02:31:03 +00001988 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001989 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001990 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1991 // type required by the argument of the constructor
Douglas Gregor3153da72009-11-20 02:31:03 +00001992 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1993 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001994 }
Douglas Gregor6dd3a6a2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00001995 // Watch out for elipsis conversion.
Fariborz Jahanianeec642f2009-11-06 00:55:14 +00001996 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001997 ExprResult Res =
1998 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
1999 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
2000 CStyle);
2001 if (Res.isInvalid())
2002 return ExprError();
2003 From = Res.take();
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002004 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002005
2006 ExprResult CastArg
Douglas Gregora4253922010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002007 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
2008 From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002009 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor2bbfba02011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002010 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2011 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002012 From);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002013
2014 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002015 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002016
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002017 From = CastArg.take();
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002018
Eli Friedmane96f1d32009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002019 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002020 AA_Converting, CStyle);
Fariborz Jahanianda21efb2009-10-16 19:20:59 +00002021 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002022
2023 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
John McCall5c32be02010-08-24 20:38:10 +00002024 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002025 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
2026 << From->getSourceRange());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002027 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002028
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002029 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
2030 assert(false && "Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002031 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002032
2033 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002034 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002035 }
2036
2037 // Everything went well.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002038 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002039}
2040
2041/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2042/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002043/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002044/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
2045/// conversion, for use in error messages.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002046ExprResult
2047Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002048 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002049 AssignmentAction Action, bool CStyle) {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002050 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
2051 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
2052 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
2053 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002054 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2055
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002056 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
Anders Carlsson549c5bd2009-05-19 04:45:15 +00002057 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
2058 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002059 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002060 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(*this);
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002061 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002062 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002063 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002064 ConstructorArgs))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002065 return ExprError();
2066 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2067 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2068 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
2069 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2070 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2071 SourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian49850df2009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002072 }
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002073 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2074 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2075 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
2076 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2077 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2078 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002079 }
2080
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002081 // Resolve overloaded function references.
2082 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
2083 DeclAccessPair Found;
2084 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
2085 true, Found);
2086 if (!Fn)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002087 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002088
2089 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002090 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002091
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002092 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
2093 FromType = From->getType();
2094 }
2095
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002096 // Perform the first implicit conversion.
2097 switch (SCS.First) {
2098 case ICK_Identity:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002099 // Nothing to do.
2100 break;
2101
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002102 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2103 // Should this get its own ICK?
2104 if (From->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002105 ExprResult FromRes = ConvertPropertyForRValue(From);
2106 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2107 return ExprError();
2108 From = FromRes.take();
John McCalled75c092010-12-07 22:54:16 +00002109 if (!From->isGLValue()) break;
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002110 }
2111
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002112 // Check for trivial buffer overflows.
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00002113 CheckArrayAccess(From);
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002114
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002115 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
2116 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_LValueToRValue,
2117 From, 0, VK_RValue);
2118 break;
2119
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002120 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002121 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002122 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002123 break;
2124
2125 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002126 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002127 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002128 break;
2129
2130 default:
2131 assert(false && "Improper first standard conversion");
2132 break;
2133 }
2134
2135 // Perform the second implicit conversion
2136 switch (SCS.Second) {
2137 case ICK_Identity:
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002138 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2139 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2140 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002141 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002142 // Nothing else to do.
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002143 break;
2144
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002145 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
2146 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2147 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2148 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002149 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002150
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002151 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp).take();
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002152 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002153
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002154 case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002155 case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002156 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002157 break;
2158
2159 case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002160 case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002161 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002162 break;
2163
2164 case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002165 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
2166 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2167 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2168 CastKind CK;
2169 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2170 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
2171 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
2172 else
2173 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
2174 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2175 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
2176 } else {
2177 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
2178 }
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002179 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002180 break;
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002181 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002182
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002183 case ICK_Floating_Integral:
Douglas Gregor49b4d732010-06-22 23:07:26 +00002184 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002185 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002186 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002187 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002188 break;
2189
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002190 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002191 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002192 break;
2193
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002194 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
Douglas Gregor6dd3a6a2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002195 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002196 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
Fariborz Jahanian413e0642011-03-21 19:08:42 +00002197 if (Action == AA_Initializing)
2198 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2199 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2200 << ToType << From->getType() << Action
2201 << From->getSourceRange();
2202 else
2203 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2204 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2205 << From->getType() << ToType << Action
2206 << From->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002207 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002208
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002209 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002210 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002211 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002212 return ExprError();
2213 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002214 break;
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002215 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002216
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002217 case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002218 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002219 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002220 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002221 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl5d431642009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002222 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002223 return ExprError();
2224 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath).take();
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002225 break;
2226 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002227
Abramo Bagnara7ccce982011-04-07 09:26:19 +00002228 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002229 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
2230 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType)).take();
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002231 break;
2232
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002233 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002234 CXXCastPath BasePath;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002235 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor02ba0ea2009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002236 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
2237 From->getLocStart(),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002238 From->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002239 &BasePath,
Douglas Gregor58281352011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002240 CStyle))
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002241 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002242
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002243 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002244 CK_DerivedToBase, CastCategory(From),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002245 &BasePath).take();
Douglas Gregor02ba0ea2009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002246 break;
Douglas Gregor88d292c2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002247 }
2248
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002249 case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002250 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast).take();
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002251 break;
2252
2253 case ICK_Vector_Splat:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002254 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat).take();
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002255 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002256
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002257 case ICK_Complex_Real:
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002258 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
2259 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2260 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
2261 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2262
2263 // x -> y
2264 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
2265 // do nothing
2266 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002267 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2268 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002269 } else {
2270 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002271 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2272 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002273 }
2274 // y -> _Complex y
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002275 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002276 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002277 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002278
2279 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
2280 } else {
2281 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
2282 assert(FromComplex);
2283
2284 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
2285 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2286
2287 // _Complex x -> x
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002288 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002289 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002290 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002291
2292 // x -> y
2293 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
2294 // do nothing
2295 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002296 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
2297 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002298 } else {
2299 assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002300 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
2301 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCall8cb679e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002302 }
2303 }
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002304 break;
Fariborz Jahanian42455ea2011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002305
2306 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002307 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
2308 VK_RValue).take();
Fariborz Jahanian42455ea2011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002309 break;
2310 }
2311
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002312 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002313 ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002314 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002315 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
2316 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2317 return ExprError();
2318 From = FromRes.take();
Fariborz Jahanian16f92ce2011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002319 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
2320 "Improper transparent union conversion");
2321 (void)ConvTy;
2322 break;
2323 }
2324
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002325 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2326 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
2327 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
2328 case ICK_Qualification:
2329 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002330 assert(false && "Improper second standard conversion");
2331 break;
2332 }
2333
2334 switch (SCS.Third) {
2335 case ICK_Identity:
2336 // Nothing to do.
2337 break;
2338
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002339 case ICK_Qualification: {
2340 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
2341 // target type isn't a reference.
John McCall2536c6d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00002342 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
2343 CastCategory(From) : VK_RValue;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002344 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
2345 CK_NoOp, VK).take();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002346
Douglas Gregore981bb02011-03-14 16:13:32 +00002347 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
2348 !getLangOptions().WritableStrings)
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002349 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
2350 << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
2351
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002352 break;
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002353 }
2354
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002355 default:
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002356 assert(false && "Improper third standard conversion");
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002357 break;
2358 }
2359
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002360 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002361}
2362
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002363ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002364 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2365 ParsedType Ty,
2366 SourceLocation RParen) {
2367 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2368 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002370 if (!TSInfo)
2371 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002372 return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002373}
2374
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002375/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
2376///
2377/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
2378/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
2379/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
2380/// returns true.
2381static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
2382 UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2383 SourceLocation Loc,
2384 QualType ArgTy) {
2385 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
2386 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
2387 // that template with a template argument that is a class template
2388 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
2389 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
2390 // must be a complete type.
2391 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
2392 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
2393 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
2394 switch (UTT) {
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002395 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
2396 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
Chandler Carrutha62d8a52011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002397 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002398
2399 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
2400 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
2401 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
2402 // impacted by the completeness of the type.
2403 case UTT_IsVoid:
2404 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2405 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2406 case UTT_IsArray:
2407 case UTT_IsPointer:
2408 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2409 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2410 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2411 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2412 case UTT_IsEnum:
2413 case UTT_IsUnion:
2414 case UTT_IsClass:
2415 case UTT_IsFunction:
2416 case UTT_IsReference:
2417 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
2418 case UTT_IsFundamental:
2419 case UTT_IsObject:
2420 case UTT_IsScalar:
2421 case UTT_IsCompound:
2422 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
Chandler Carrutha62d8a52011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002423 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002424
2425 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
2426 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
2427 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
2428 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
2429 // Table 49.
2430 case UTT_IsConst:
2431 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2432 case UTT_IsSigned:
2433 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2434 return true;
2435
2436 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
Chandler Carrutha62d8a52011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002437 // applied to a complete type.
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002438 case UTT_IsTrivial:
Alexis Huntd9a5cc12011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002439 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002440 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2441 case UTT_IsPOD:
2442 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2443 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2444 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
2445 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carrutha62d8a52011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002446 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002447
Chandler Carrutha62d8a52011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002448 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002449 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
2450 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
2451 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
2452 // requiring the complete type.
2453 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2454 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2455 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2456 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
Alexis Huntf479f1b2011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002457 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002458 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2459 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2460 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2461 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
2462 QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
2463 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
2464 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
2465
2466 // The void type is expressly allowed.
2467 if (ElTy->isVoidType())
2468 return true;
2469
2470 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
2471 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002472 }
Chandler Carruth8b0cf1d2011-05-01 07:23:17 +00002473 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not handled by switch");
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002474}
2475
2476static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2477 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
Chandler Carruth0d1a54f2011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002478 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002479
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002480 ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
2481 switch(UTT) {
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002482 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
2483 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
2484 case UTT_IsVoid:
2485 return T->isVoidType();
2486 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2487 return T->isIntegralType(C);
2488 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2489 return T->isFloatingType();
2490 case UTT_IsArray:
2491 return T->isArrayType();
2492 case UTT_IsPointer:
2493 return T->isPointerType();
2494 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2495 return T->isLValueReferenceType();
2496 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2497 return T->isRValueReferenceType();
2498 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2499 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
2500 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2501 return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
2502 case UTT_IsEnum:
2503 return T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002504 case UTT_IsUnion:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002505 return T->isUnionType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002506 case UTT_IsClass:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002507 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002508 case UTT_IsFunction:
2509 return T->isFunctionType();
2510
2511 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
2512 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
2513 case UTT_IsReference:
2514 return T->isReferenceType();
2515 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002516 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002517 case UTT_IsFundamental:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002518 return T->isFundamentalType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002519 case UTT_IsObject:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002520 return T->isObjectType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002521 case UTT_IsScalar:
Chandler Carruth7ba7bd32011-05-01 09:29:55 +00002522 return T->isScalarType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002523 case UTT_IsCompound:
Chandler Carruthaf858862011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002524 return T->isCompoundType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002525 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
2526 return T->isMemberPointerType();
2527
2528 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
2529 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
2530 case UTT_IsConst:
2531 return T.isConstQualified();
2532 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2533 return T.isVolatileQualified();
2534 case UTT_IsTrivial:
2535 return T->isTrivialType();
Alexis Huntd9a5cc12011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002536 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
2537 return T->isTriviallyCopyableType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002538 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2539 return T->isStandardLayoutType();
2540 case UTT_IsPOD:
2541 return T->isPODType();
2542 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2543 return T->isLiteralType();
2544 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2545 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2546 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
2547 return false;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002548 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002549 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2550 return RD->isPolymorphic();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002551 return false;
2552 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruth100f3a92011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002553 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2554 return RD->isAbstract();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002555 return false;
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002556 case UTT_IsSigned:
2557 return T->isSignedIntegerType();
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002558 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2559 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002560
2561 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
2562 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
2563 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
2564 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
2565 // specifications.
2566 //
2567 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
2568 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
Alexis Huntf479f1b2011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002569 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002570 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2571 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
2572 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
2573 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
2574 if (T->isPODType())
2575 return true;
2576 if (const RecordType *RT =
2577 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
Alexis Huntf479f1b2011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002578 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002579 return false;
2580 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2581 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2582 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
2583 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
2584 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
2585 // is true, else it is false.
2586 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2587 return true;
2588 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2589 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
2590 return false;
2591 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
2592 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2593 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2594 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
2595 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
2596 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
2597 // true, else it is false.
2598 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
2599 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
2600 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
2601 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
2602 // [class.copy]p12).
2603
2604 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2605 return false;
2606 if (T->isPODType())
2607 return true;
2608 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2609 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
2610 return false;
2611 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2612 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2613 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
2614 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
2615 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
2616 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
2617 // false.
2618 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2619 return true;
2620 if (const RecordType *RT =
2621 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
2622 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor();
2623 return false;
2624 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
2625 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2626 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2627 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2628 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
2629 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
2630 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
2631 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2632 // false.
2633 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2634 return false;
2635 if (T->isReferenceType())
2636 return false;
2637 if (T->isPODType())
2638 return true;
2639 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2640 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2641 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
2642 return true;
2643
2644 bool FoundAssign = false;
2645 bool AllNoThrow = true;
2646 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002647 LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
2648 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
2649 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
2650 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
2651 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
2652 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
2653 if (Operator->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2654 FoundAssign = true;
2655 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2656 = Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002657 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context)) {
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002658 AllNoThrow = false;
2659 break;
2660 }
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002661 }
2662 }
2663 }
2664
2665 return FoundAssign && AllNoThrow;
2666 }
2667 return false;
2668 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2669 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2670 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
2671 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
2672 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2673 // false.
2674 if (T->isPODType() || T->isReferenceType())
2675 return true;
2676 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2677 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2678 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
2679 return true;
2680
2681 bool FoundConstructor = false;
2682 bool AllNoThrow = true;
2683 unsigned FoundTQs;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002684 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Sebastian Redl951006f2010-09-13 21:10:20 +00002685 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002686 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl5c649bc2010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002687 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
2688 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
2689 // resolution point.
2690 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2691 continue;
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002692 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2693 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
2694 FoundConstructor = true;
2695 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2696 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002697 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002698 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002699 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1) {
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002700 AllNoThrow = false;
2701 break;
2702 }
2703 }
2704 }
2705
2706 return FoundConstructor && AllNoThrow;
2707 }
2708 return false;
2709 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2710 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2711 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
2712 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
2713 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
2714 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
2715 if (T->isPODType())
2716 return true;
2717 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2718 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Alexis Huntf479f1b2011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002719 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002720 return true;
2721
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002722 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
2723 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
2724 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl5c649bc2010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002725 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
2726 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2727 continue;
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002728 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2729 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
2730 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2731 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2732 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
2733 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002734 return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
Sebastian Redlc15c3262010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002735 }
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002736 }
2737 }
2738 return false;
2739 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2740 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2741 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
2742 // then the trait is true, else it is false.
2743 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2744 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl058fc822010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002745 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002746 return Destructor->isVirtual();
2747 }
2748 return false;
Chandler Carruthd2479ea2011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002749
2750 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
2751 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
2752 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
2753 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
2754 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
2755 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
2756 // function call.
2757 return !T->isIncompleteType();
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002758 }
Chandler Carruthb42fb192011-05-01 07:44:17 +00002759 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not covered by switch");
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002760}
2761
2762ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor54e5b132010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002763 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2764 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2765 SourceLocation RParen) {
2766 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
Chandler Carruthb0776202011-04-30 10:07:32 +00002767 if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
2768 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlbaad4e72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002769
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002770 bool Value = false;
2771 if (!T->isDependentType())
Chandler Carruth8e172c62011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002772 Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T);
Sebastian Redl8eb06f12010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002773
2774 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
Anders Carlsson1f9648d2009-07-07 19:06:02 +00002775 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
Sebastian Redlbaad4e72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002776}
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00002777
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002778ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2779 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2780 ParsedType LhsTy,
2781 ParsedType RhsTy,
2782 SourceLocation RParen) {
2783 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
2784 QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
2785 if (!LhsTSInfo)
2786 LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);
2787
2788 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
2789 QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
2790 if (!RhsTSInfo)
2791 RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);
2792
2793 return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
2794}
2795
2796static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2797 QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
2798 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruth0d1a54f2011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002799 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
2800 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002801
2802 switch(BTT) {
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002803 case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002804 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002805 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002806 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
2807 // regard to cv-qualifiers.
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002808
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002809 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2810 if (!lhsRecord) return false;
2811
2812 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2813 if (!rhsRecord) return false;
2814
2815 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
2816 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
2817
2818 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
2819 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
2820
2821 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
2822 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
2823 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
2824 // complete type.
2825 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
2826 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
2827 return false;
2828
2829 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
2830 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
2831 }
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002832 case BTT_IsSame:
2833 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002834 case BTT_TypeCompatible:
2835 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
2836 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002837 case BTT_IsConvertible:
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002838 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
2839 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
2840 // Given the following function prototype:
2841 //
2842 // template <class T>
2843 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
2844 //
2845 // the predicate condition for a template specialization
2846 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
2847 // the return expression in the following code would be
2848 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
2849 // type of the function:
2850 //
2851 // To test() {
2852 // return create<From>();
2853 // }
2854 //
2855 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
2856 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
2857 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
2858 // is considered.
2859 //
2860 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
2861 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
2862 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
2863 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
2864 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
2865
2866 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
Douglas Gregorc03a1082011-01-28 02:26:04 +00002867 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002868 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
2869 Expr *FromPtr = &From;
2870 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
2871 SourceLocation()));
2872
Douglas Gregoredb76852011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002873 // Perform the initialization within a SFINAE trap at translation unit
2874 // scope.
2875 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
2876 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002877 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
2878 if (Init.getKind() == InitializationSequence::FailedSequence)
2879 return false;
Douglas Gregoredb76852011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002880
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002881 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
2882 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
2883 }
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002884 }
2885 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
2886}
2887
2888ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2889 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2890 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
2891 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
2892 SourceLocation RParen) {
2893 QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
2894 QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002895
John McCall388ef532011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002896 if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002897 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2898 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
2899 << SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
2900 return ExprError();
2901 }
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002902 }
2903
2904 bool Value = false;
2905 if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
2906 Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);
2907
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002908 // Select trait result type.
2909 QualType ResultType;
2910 switch (BTT) {
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002911 case BTT_IsBaseOf: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
John Wiegley65497cc2011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002912 case BTT_IsConvertible: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
2913 case BTT_IsSame: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002914 case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
Douglas Gregor8006e762011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002915 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002916 }
2917
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002918 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
2919 RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
Francois Pichet34b21132010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002920 ResultType));
Francois Pichet9dfa3ce2010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002921}
2922
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002923ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2924 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2925 ParsedType Ty,
2926 Expr* DimExpr,
2927 SourceLocation RParen) {
2928 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2929 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
2930 if (!TSInfo)
2931 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
2932
2933 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
2934}
2935
2936static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2937 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
2938 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruth0d1a54f2011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002939 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002940
2941 switch(ATT) {
2942 case ATT_ArrayRank:
2943 if (T->isArrayType()) {
2944 unsigned Dim = 0;
2945 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
2946 ++Dim;
2947 T = AT->getElementType();
2948 }
2949 return Dim;
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002950 }
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002951 return 0;
2952
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002953 case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
2954 llvm::APSInt Value;
2955 uint64_t Dim;
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002956 if (DimExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Self.Context, 0, false)) {
2957 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(Value.getBitWidth(), Value.isUnsigned())) {
2958 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
2959 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
2960 return false;
2961 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002962 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002963 } else {
2964 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
2965 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
2966 return false;
2967 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002968
2969 if (T->isArrayType()) {
2970 unsigned D = 0;
2971 bool Matched = false;
2972 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
2973 if (Dim == D) {
2974 Matched = true;
2975 break;
2976 }
2977 ++D;
2978 T = AT->getElementType();
2979 }
2980
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002981 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
2982 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
2983 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
2984 }
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002985 }
John Wiegleyd3522222011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002986 return 0;
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002987 }
2988 }
2989 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
2990}
2991
2992ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
2993 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2994 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2995 Expr* DimExpr,
2996 SourceLocation RParen) {
2997 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00002998
Chandler Carruthc5276e52011-05-01 08:48:21 +00002999 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
3000 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
Chandler Carruth0d1a54f2011-05-01 08:41:10 +00003001 uint64_t Value = 0;
3002 if (!T->isDependentType())
3003 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
3004
Chandler Carruthc5276e52011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003005 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
3006 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
3007 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
3008 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
3009 // important distinction.
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003010 return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
Chandler Carruth9cf632c2011-05-01 07:49:26 +00003011 DimExpr, RParen,
Chandler Carruthc5276e52011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003012 Context.getSizeType()));
John Wiegley6242b6a2011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003013}
3014
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003015ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003016 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3017 Expr *Queried,
3018 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003019 // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
3020 if (!Queried)
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003021 return ExprError();
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003022
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003023 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003024
3025 return move(Result);
3026}
3027
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003028static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
3029 switch (ET) {
3030 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
3031 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
3032 }
3033 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
3034}
3035
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003036ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003037 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3038 Expr *Queried,
3039 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003040 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
3041 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3042 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
3043 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
3044 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3045 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
3046 }
3047
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003048 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
Chandler Carruthf57eba32011-05-01 08:48:19 +00003049
Chandler Carruth20b9bc82011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003050 return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
3051 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
John Wiegleyf9f65842011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003052}
3053
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003054QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003055 ExprValueKind &VK,
3056 SourceLocation Loc,
3057 bool isIndirect) {
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003058 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
3059 // C++ 5.5p2
3060 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
3061 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
3062 // class type) [...]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003063 QualType RType = rex.get()->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003064 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003065 if (!MemPtr) {
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003066 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003067 << OpSpelling << RType << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003068 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003069 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003070
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003071 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
3072
Douglas Gregord07ba342010-10-13 20:41:14 +00003073 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
3074 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
3075 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
3076 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
3077 // likely to be considered a defect.
Sebastian Redlc72350e2010-04-10 10:14:54 +00003078
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003079 // C++ 5.5p2
3080 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
3081 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
3082 // such a class]
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003083 QualType LType = lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003084 if (isIndirect) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003085 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LType->getAs<PointerType>())
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003086 LType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003087 else {
3088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
Fariborz Jahanian59f64202009-10-26 20:45:27 +00003089 << OpSpelling << 1 << LType
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003090 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003091 return QualType();
3092 }
3093 }
3094
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003095 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LType)) {
Sebastian Redl26a0f1c2010-04-23 17:18:26 +00003096 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
3097 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LType, PDiag(diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
3098 << OpSpelling << (int)isIndirect)) {
3099 return QualType();
3100 }
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003101 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00003102 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003103 // FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
3104 // overkill?
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003105 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LType, Class, Paths) ||
3106 Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
3107 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003108 << (int)isIndirect << lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003109 return QualType();
3110 }
Eli Friedman1fcf66b2010-01-16 00:00:48 +00003111 // Cast LHS to type of use.
3112 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
John McCall2536c6d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003113 ExprValueKind VK =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003114 isIndirect ? VK_RValue : CastCategory(lex.get());
Sebastian Redlc57d34b2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00003115
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00003116 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003117 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003118 lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, &BasePath);
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003119 }
3120
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003121 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(rex.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
Fariborz Jahanian1bc0f9a2009-11-18 21:54:48 +00003122 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
3123 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
3124 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
3125 return QualType();
3126 }
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003127
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003128 // C++ 5.5p2
3129 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
3130 // second operand.
3131 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
3132 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003133 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003134 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LType.getCVRQualifiers());
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003135
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003136 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3137 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003138 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
3139 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
3140 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003141 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
3142 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3143 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
3144 case RQ_None:
3145 // Do nothing
3146 break;
3147
3148 case RQ_LValue:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003149 if (!isIndirect && !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003151 << RType << 1 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003152 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003153
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003154 case RQ_RValue:
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003155 if (isIndirect || !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003156 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003157 << RType << 0 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1d042092011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003158 break;
3159 }
3160 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003161
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003162 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3163 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
3164 // to a data member is of the same value category as its
3165 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
3166 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
3167 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
3168 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003169 if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003170 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003171 return Context.BoundMemberTy;
3172 } else if (isIndirect) {
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003173 VK = VK_LValue;
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003174 } else {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003175 VK = lex.get()->getValueKind();
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003176 }
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003177
Sebastian Redl5822f082009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003178 return Result;
3179}
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003180
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003181/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
3182///
3183/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3184/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
3185/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003186/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
3187/// as such.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003188static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
3189 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003190 bool &HaveConversion,
3191 QualType &ToType) {
3192 HaveConversion = false;
3193 ToType = To->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003194
3195 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003196 SourceLocation());
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003197 // C++0x 5.16p3
3198 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
3199 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
3200 // as follows:
3201 // -- If E2 is an lvalue:
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00003202 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
Douglas Gregorf9edf802010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003203 if (ToIsLvalue) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003204 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
3205 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
3206 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003207 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
3208 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003209
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003210 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3211 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
3212 ToType = T;
3213 HaveConversion = true;
3214 return false;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003215 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003216
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003217 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3218 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003219 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003220
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003221 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
3222 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
3223 // the same or one is a base class of the other:
3224 QualType FTy = From->getType();
3225 QualType TTy = To->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003226 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
3227 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003228 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003229 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003230 if (FRec && TRec &&
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003231 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003232 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
3233 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
3234 // [cv2 > cv1].
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003235 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
3236 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003237 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3238 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3239 if (InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence) {
3240 HaveConversion = true;
3241 return false;
3242 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003243
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003244 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3245 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003246 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003247 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003248
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003249 return false;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003250 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003251
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003252 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
3253 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003254 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
Douglas Gregorf9edf802010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003255 // an rvalue).
3256 //
3257 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
3258 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
3259 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
3260 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003261
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003262 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3263 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003264 HaveConversion = InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence;
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003265 ToType = TTy;
3266 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3267 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3268
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003269 return false;
3270}
3271
3272/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
3273///
3274/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3275/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
3276/// conversion to a common type.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003277static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003278 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003279 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003280 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
3281 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 2,
3282 CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003283
3284 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003285 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003286 case OR_Success: {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003287 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003288 ExprResult LHSRes =
3289 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3290 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
3291 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003292 break;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003293 LHS = move(LHSRes);
3294
3295 ExprResult RHSRes =
3296 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3297 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
3298 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
3299 break;
3300 RHS = move(RHSRes);
Chandler Carruth30141632011-02-25 19:41:05 +00003301 if (Best->Function)
3302 Self.MarkDeclarationReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003303 return false;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003304 }
3305
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003306 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003307
3308 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
3309 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
3310 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003311 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003312 return true;
3313
3314 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003315 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3316 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003317 return true;
3318
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003319 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carrutha8bea4b2011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003320 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003321 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3322 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003323 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
3324 // the viable candidates.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003325 break;
3326
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003327 case OR_Deleted:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003328 assert(false && "Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
3329 break;
3330 }
3331 return true;
3332}
3333
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003334/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
3335/// TryClassUnification.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003336static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003337 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003338 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003339 SourceLocation());
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003340 Expr *Arg = E.take();
3341 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
3342 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1));
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003343 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003344 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003345
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003346 E = Result;
Sebastian Redl5775af1a2009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003347 return false;
3348}
3349
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003350/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
3351///
3352/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
3353/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003354QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
John McCallc07a0c72011-02-17 10:25:35 +00003355 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003356 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003357 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
3358 // interface pointers.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003359
3360 // C++0x 5.16p1
3361 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003362 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3363 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
3364 if (CondRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003365 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003366 Cond = move(CondRes);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003367 }
3368
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003369 // Assume r-value.
3370 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003371 OK = OK_Ordinary;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003372
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003373 // Either of the arguments dependent?
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003374 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003375 return Context.DependentTy;
3376
3377 // C++0x 5.16p2
3378 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003379 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3380 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003381 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
3382 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
3383 if (LVoid || RVoid) {
3384 // ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
3385 // operands ...
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003386 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3387 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3388 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3389 return QualType();
3390 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3391 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003392
3393 // ... and one of the following shall hold:
3394 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
3395 // expression; the result is of the type of the other and is an rvalue.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003396 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get());
3397 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get());
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003398 if (LThrow && !RThrow)
3399 return RTy;
3400 if (RThrow && !LThrow)
3401 return LTy;
3402
3403 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
3404 // type void and is an rvalue.
3405 if (LVoid && RVoid)
3406 return Context.VoidTy;
3407
3408 // Neither holds, error.
3409 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
3410 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003411 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003412 return QualType();
3413 }
3414
3415 // Neither is void.
3416
3417 // C++0x 5.16p3
3418 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
3419 // either has (cv) class type, and attempt is made to convert each of those
3420 // operands to the other.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003421 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003422 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3423 ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
3424 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
Douglas Gregor838fcc32010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003425 QualType L2RType, R2LType;
3426 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003427 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003428 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003429 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003430 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003431
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003432 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
3433 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
3434 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003435 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003436 return QualType();
3437 }
3438
3439 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
3440 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
3441 // original operands for the remainder of this section.
3442 if (HaveL2R) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003443 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003444 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003445 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003446 } else if (HaveR2L) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003447 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003448 return QualType();
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003449 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003450 }
3451 }
3452
3453 // C++0x 5.16p4
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003454 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
3455 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
3456 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
3457 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003458 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
3459 // l-values.
Douglas Gregor697a3912010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003460 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003461 if (Same &&
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003462 LHS.get()->isGLValue() &&
3463 LHS.get()->getValueKind() == RHS.get()->getValueKind() &&
3464 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
3465 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
3466 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
3467 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
3468 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
John McCall4bc41ae2010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003469 OK = OK_BitField;
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003470 return LTy;
Fariborz Jahanianc60da032010-09-25 01:08:05 +00003471 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003472
3473 // C++0x 5.16p5
3474 // Otherwise, the result is an rvalue. If the second and third operands
3475 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
3476 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3477 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
3478 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
3479 // program is ill-formed.
3480 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
3481 return QualType();
3482 }
3483
3484 // C++0x 5.16p6
3485 // LValue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
3486 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003487 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3488 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3489 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3490 return QualType();
3491 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3492 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003493
3494 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
3495 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003496 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
3497 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
3498 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
3499 // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
3500 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
3501 if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
3502 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
3503 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003504 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3505 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003506 LHS);
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003507 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
3508 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003509
3510 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3511 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003512 RHS);
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003513 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
3514 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003515
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003516 LHS = LHSCopy;
3517 RHS = RHSCopy;
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003518 }
3519
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003520 return LTy;
Douglas Gregorfa6010b2010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003521 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003522
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003523 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003524 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003525 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
3526
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003527 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
3528 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
3529 // common type, and the result is of that type.
3530 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3531 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003532 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3533 return QualType();
3534 return LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003535 }
3536
3537 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
3538 // type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer conversions
3539 // and qualification conversions are performed to bring them to their
3540 // composite pointer type. The result is of the composite pointer type.
Eli Friedman81390df2010-01-02 22:56:07 +00003541 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
3542 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
3543 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
3544 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
3545 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
3546 // operand. The result is of the common type.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003547 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003548 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003549 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
3550 if (!Composite.isNull()) {
3551 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003552 Diag(QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003553 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
3554 << LTy << RTy << Composite
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003555 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003556
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003557 return Composite;
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003558 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003559
Douglas Gregor697a3912010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003560 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian798d2bd2009-12-10 20:46:08 +00003561 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3562 if (!Composite.isNull())
3563 return Composite;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003564
Chandler Carruth9c9127e2011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003565 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003566 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth9c9127e2011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003567 return QualType();
3568
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003569 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003570 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3571 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003572 return QualType();
3573}
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003574
3575/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
3576///
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003577/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
3578/// and @p E2 according to C++0x 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
3579/// type and returns it.
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003580/// It does not emit diagnostics.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003581///
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003582/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
3583/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
3584///
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003585/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
3586/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
3587/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
3588/// will be set true.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003589QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003590 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003591 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
3592 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
3593 *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003594
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003595 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
3596 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003597
Fariborz Jahanian33e148f2009-12-08 20:04:24 +00003598 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
3599 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003600 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003601
3602 // C++0x 5.9p2
3603 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
3604 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
3605 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
3606 // the type of the other operand.
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003607 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003608 if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003609 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003610 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003611 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003612 return T2;
3613 }
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003614 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003615 if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003616 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003617 else
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003618 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003619 return T1;
3620 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003621
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003622 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003623 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
3624 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003625 return QualType();
3626
3627 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
3628 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
3629 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
3630 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
3631 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
3632 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
3633 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
3634 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
3635 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
3636 // types are the same, we have succeeded.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003637 // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003638 typedef llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
3639 QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
3640 typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
3641 ContainingClassVector;
3642 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
3643 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
3644 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003645 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003646 do {
3647 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
3648 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
3649 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
3650 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
3651 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003652
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003653 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003654 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003655 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3656 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3657 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003658
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003659 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3660 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3661 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
3662 continue;
3663 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003665 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
3666 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
3667 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
3668 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
3669 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003670
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003671 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003672 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003673 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3674 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3675 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003676
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003677 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3678 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3679 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
3680 MemPtr2->getClass()));
3681 continue;
3682 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003684 // FIXME: block pointer types?
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003686 // Cannot unwrap any more types.
3687 break;
3688 } while (true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003690 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
3691 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003692 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003693 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
3694 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
3695 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
3696 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
3697 *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
3698 }
3699 }
3700 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003701
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003702 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
Sebastian Redl658262f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003703 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
3704 = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
3705 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
3706 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
3707 E = QualifierUnion.rend();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003708 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003709 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003710 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
3711 // Rebuild member pointer type
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003712 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3713 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
3714 MOC->first);
3715 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3716 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
3717 MOC->second);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003718 } else {
3719 // Rebuild pointer type
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003720 Composite1
3721 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
3722 Composite2
3723 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003724 }
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003725 }
3726
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003727 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
3728 InitializedEntity Entity1
3729 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
3730 InitializationKind Kind
3731 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
3732 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E1, 1);
3733 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E2, 1);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003735 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
3736 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
3737 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
3738 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
3739 // Composite2 is also viable.
3740 InitializedEntity Entity2
3741 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3742 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3743 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3744 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
3745 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
3746 // this is an ambiguity.
3747 return QualType();
3748 }
3749 }
3750
3751 // Convert E1 to Composite1
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003752 ExprResult E1Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003753 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E1,1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003754 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3755 return QualType();
3756 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3757
3758 // Convert E2 to Composite1
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003759 ExprResult E2Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003760 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E2,1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003761 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3762 return QualType();
3763 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003764
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003765 return Composite1;
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003766 }
3767
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003768 // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
3769 InitializedEntity Entity2
3770 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3771 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3772 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3773 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
3774 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003775
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003776 // Convert E1 to Composite2
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003777 ExprResult E1Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003778 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E1, 1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003779 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3780 return QualType();
3781 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003782
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003783 // Convert E2 to Composite2
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003784 ExprResult E2Result
John McCall37ad5512010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003785 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E2, 1));
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003786 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3787 return QualType();
3788 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003789
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003790 return Composite2;
Sebastian Redl3b7ef5e2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003791}
Anders Carlsson85a307d2009-05-17 18:41:29 +00003792
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003793ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregor298087b2010-11-01 21:10:29 +00003794 if (!E)
3795 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003796
Anders Carlssonf86a8d12009-08-15 23:41:35 +00003797 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3798 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799
Douglas Gregor363b1512009-12-24 18:51:59 +00003800 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
3801
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003802 const RecordType *RT = E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Anders Carlsson2d4cada2009-05-30 20:36:53 +00003803 if (!RT)
3804 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805
Douglas Gregora57a66e2011-02-08 02:14:35 +00003806 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
3807 if (E->Classify(Context).isGLValue())
3808 return Owned(E);
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003809
3810 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete.
3811 // If it has a trivial destructor, we can avoid the extra copy.
Jeffrey Yasskinbbc4eea2011-01-27 19:17:54 +00003812 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
John McCallbdb989e2010-08-12 02:40:37 +00003813 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003814 return Owned(E);
3815
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003816 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, LookupDestructor(RD));
Anders Carlssonc78576e2009-05-30 21:21:49 +00003817 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temp);
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003818 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Fariborz Jahanian67828442009-08-03 19:13:25 +00003819 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
John McCall8e36d532010-04-07 00:41:46 +00003820 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
3821 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
3822 << E->getType());
3823 }
Anders Carlsson2d4cada2009-05-30 20:36:53 +00003824 // FIXME: Add the temporary to the temporaries vector.
3825 return Owned(CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E));
3826}
3827
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003828Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003829 assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003830
Douglas Gregor580cd4a2009-12-03 17:10:37 +00003831 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
3832 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
3833 if (ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary)
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003834 return SubExpr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003835
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003836 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr,
3837 &ExprTemporaries[FirstTemporary],
3838 ExprTemporaries.size() - FirstTemporary);
Douglas Gregor580cd4a2009-12-03 17:10:37 +00003839 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
3840 ExprTemporaries.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003841
Anders Carlssonb3d05d62009-06-05 15:38:08 +00003842 return E;
3843}
3844
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003845ExprResult
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003846Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
Douglas Gregorb6ea6082009-12-22 22:17:25 +00003847 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
3848 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003849
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003850 return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
Douglas Gregorb6ea6082009-12-22 22:17:25 +00003851}
3852
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003853Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00003854 assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");
3855
3856 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
3857 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
3858 if (ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary)
3859 return SubStmt;
3860
3861 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
3862 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
3863 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
3864 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
3865 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, &SubStmt, 1,
3866 SourceLocation(),
3867 SourceLocation());
3868 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
3869 SourceLocation());
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00003870 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00003871}
3872
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003873ExprResult
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003874Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003875 tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003876 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003877 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003878 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003879 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3880 Base = Result.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003882 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003883 MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003884 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor41127182009-11-04 22:49:18 +00003885 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
3886 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
3887 // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
3888 if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
3889 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
3890 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003891
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003892 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003893 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003894 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003895 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003896
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003897 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003898 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003899 // returned, with the original second operand.
3900 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
John McCallc1538c02009-09-30 01:01:30 +00003901 // The set of types we've considered so far.
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003902 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
Fariborz Jahanianac3005c2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00003903 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> Locations;
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003904 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003905
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003906 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003907 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, Base, OpLoc);
3908 if (Result.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003909 return ExprError();
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003910 Base = Result.get();
3911 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
Anders Carlssonfbd2d492009-10-13 22:55:59 +00003912 Locations.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()->getLocation());
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003913 BaseType = Base->getType();
John McCallc1538c02009-09-30 01:01:30 +00003914 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
John McCallbd0465b2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00003915 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
Fariborz Jahanian10ce9582009-09-30 00:19:41 +00003916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular);
Fariborz Jahanianac3005c2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00003917 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Locations.size(); i++)
3918 Diag(Locations[i], diag::note_declared_at);
Fariborz Jahanian10ce9582009-09-30 00:19:41 +00003919 return ExprError();
3920 }
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003921 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003922
Douglas Gregore4f764f2009-11-20 19:58:21 +00003923 if (BaseType->isPointerType())
3924 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
3925 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003926
3927 // We could end up with various non-record types here, such as extended
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003928 // vector types or Objective-C interfaces. Just return early and let
3929 // ActOnMemberReferenceExpr do the work.
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003930 if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3931 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
3932 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
3933 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
3934 // postfix-expression.
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003935 //
3936 // This also indicates that we should be parsing a
3937 // pseudo-destructor-name.
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003938 ObjectType = ParsedType();
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003939 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003940 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003941 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003942
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003943 // The object type must be complete (or dependent).
3944 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003945 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003946 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_member_access)))
3947 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003948
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003949 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003950 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
Douglas Gregor3fad6172009-11-17 05:17:33 +00003951 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00003952 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
3953 // up in the scope of class C. [...]
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003954 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003955 return move(Base);
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00003956}
3957
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003958ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003959 Expr *MemExpr) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003960 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003961 Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
3962 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003963 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003964
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003965 return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003966 MemExpr,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003967 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
John McCallfaf5fb42010-08-26 23:41:50 +00003968 MultiExprArg(),
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003969 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
3970}
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00003971
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003972ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00003973 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3974 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3975 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3976 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
3977 SourceLocation CCLoc,
3978 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003979 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00003980 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00003981 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003982
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003983 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003984 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003985 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003986 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003987 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003988 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
3989 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3990 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003991 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003992 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
3993 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3994 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003995 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003996 if (isSFINAEContext())
3997 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003998
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00003999 OpKind = tok::period;
4000 }
4001 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004002
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004003 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType()) {
4004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004005 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004006 return ExprError();
4007 }
4008
4009 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004010 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004011 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004012 if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
4013 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
4014 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004015 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004016 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
4017 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
4018 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004019 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004020 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004021
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004022 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4023 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4024 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
4025 DestructedTypeStart);
4026 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4027 }
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004028 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004029
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004030 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
4031 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
4032 // form
4033 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004034 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004035 //
4036 // shall designate the same scalar type.
4037 if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
4038 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
4039 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
John McCallb86a6b82010-06-11 17:36:40 +00004040 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004041
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004042 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004043 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004044 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnara1108e7b2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004045 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004046
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004047 ScopeType = QualType();
4048 ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
4049 }
4050 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004051
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004052 Expr *Result
4053 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
4054 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregora6ce6082011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004055 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004056 ScopeTypeInfo,
4057 CCLoc,
4058 TildeLoc,
4059 Destructed);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004060
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004061 if (HasTrailingLParen)
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004062 return Owned(Result);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004063
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004064 return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004065}
4066
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004067ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004068 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4069 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4070 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4071 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4072 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4073 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4074 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4075 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004076 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4077 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4078 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
4079 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4080 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4081 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
4082
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004083 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004084 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004085 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004086 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004087 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004088 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4089 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4090 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004091 } else if (!ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004092 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4093 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004094 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004095 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004096 if (isSFINAEContext())
4097 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004098
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004099 OpKind = tok::period;
4100 }
4101 }
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004102
4103 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
4104 // record types and dependent types matter.
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004105 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004106 if (!SS.isSet()) {
John McCalla2c4e722011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004107 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
4108 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004109 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
4110 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004111 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004112
4113 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004114 // type (with source-location information).
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004115 QualType DestructedType;
4116 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004117 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004118 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004119 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004120 SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Fariborz Jahanian87967422011-02-08 18:05:59 +00004121 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004122 if (!T &&
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004123 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
4124 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004125 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004126 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
4127 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
4128 // template instantiation time.
4129 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
4130 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
4131 } else if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004132 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004133 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4134 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
4135 if (isSFINAEContext())
4136 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004137
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004138 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4139 DestructedType = ObjectType;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004140 } else
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004141 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004142 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004143 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004144 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004145 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4146 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4147 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregore7c20652011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004148 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4149 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004150 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4151 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4152 TemplateArgsPtr,
4153 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4154 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4155 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4156 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4157 } else
4158 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004159 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004160
4161 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004162 // information.
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004163 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
4164 if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
4165 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004166 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004167 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4168 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004169
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004170 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
4171 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004172 QualType ScopeType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004173 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004174 FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
4175 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004176 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallba7bf592010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004177 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregora6ce6082011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004178 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004179 if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004180 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004181 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4182 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004183
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004184 if (isSFINAEContext())
4185 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004186
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004187 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
4188 ScopeType = QualType();
4189 } else
4190 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004191 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004192 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004193 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004194 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4195 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4196 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregore7c20652011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004197 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4198 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb1dd23f2010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004199 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4200 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4201 TemplateArgsPtr,
4202 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4203 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4204 // Recover by dropping this type.
4205 ScopeType = QualType();
4206 } else
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004207 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004208 }
4209 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004210
Douglas Gregor90ad9222010-02-24 23:02:30 +00004211 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
4212 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
4213 FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
4214
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004215
John McCallb268a282010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004216 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
Douglas Gregorcdbd5152010-02-24 23:50:37 +00004217 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregor678f90d2010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004218 Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregore610ada2010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004219}
4220
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004221ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004222 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004223 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
4224 FoundDecl, Method);
4225 if (Exp.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor668443e2011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004226 return true;
Eli Friedmanf7195532009-12-09 04:53:56 +00004227
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004228 MemberExpr *ME =
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004229 new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004230 SourceLocation(), Method->getType(),
4231 VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
4232 QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
4233 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
4234 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
4235
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004236 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Exp.get()->getLocStart(), Method);
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00004237 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
John McCall7decc9e2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004238 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, 0, 0, ResultType, VK,
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004239 Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004240 return CE;
4241}
4242
Sebastian Redl4202c0f2010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004243ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4244 SourceLocation RParen) {
Sebastian Redl4202c0f2010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004245 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
4246 Operand->CanThrow(Context),
4247 KeyLoc, RParen));
4248}
4249
4250ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
4251 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
4252 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
Sebastian Redl22e3a932010-09-10 20:55:37 +00004253}
4254
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004255/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
4256/// context that ignores the result.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004257ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
John McCallfee942d2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004258 // C99 6.3.2.1:
4259 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
4260 // array type is converted to the value stored in the
4261 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004262 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCallfee942d2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004263
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004264 // We always want to do this on ObjC property references.
4265 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004266 ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
4267 if (Res.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
4268 E = Res.take();
4269 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004270 }
4271
4272 // Otherwise, this rule does not apply in C++, at least not for the moment.
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004273 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004274
4275 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
4276 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4277 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
4278 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004279 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
4280 return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004281 }
4282 }
4283
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004284 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
4285 if (Res.isInvalid())
4286 return Owned(E);
4287 E = Res.take();
4288
John McCallca61b652010-12-04 12:29:11 +00004289 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
4290 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
4291 diag::err_incomplete_type);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004292 return Owned(E);
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004293}
4294
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004295ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE) {
4296 ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);
4297
4298 if (!FullExpr.get())
Douglas Gregora6e053e2010-12-15 01:34:56 +00004299 return ExprError();
John McCall34376a62010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004300
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004301 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
Douglas Gregor506bd562010-12-13 22:49:22 +00004302 return ExprError();
4303
John McCall3aef3d82011-04-10 19:13:55 +00004304 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
4305 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4306 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0ec210b2011-03-07 02:05:23 +00004307
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004308 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
4309 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4310 return ExprError();
4311
4312 CheckImplicitConversions(FullExpr.get());
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004313 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
Anders Carlsson85a307d2009-05-17 18:41:29 +00004314}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004315
4316StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
4317 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
4318
John McCall5d413782010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004319 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3050d9b2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004320}
Francois Pichet4a7de3e2011-05-06 20:48:22 +00004321
4322bool Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4323 UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4324 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
4325 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
4326 if (!TargetName)
4327 return false;
4328
4329 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
4330 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
4331 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
4332 R.suppressDiagnostics();
4333 LookupParsedName(R, getCurScope(), &SS);
4334 return !R.empty();
4335}